annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 28861:bab7620d1466

(log-view-goto-rev): New function for the new VC. (log-view-minor-wrap): Use mark-active.
author Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
date Wed, 10 May 2000 22:22:21 +0000
parents a94b3ce0fa8c
children 4f53731e6965
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2 ;;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3 ;;; Code:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
30
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
33
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
36
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
39
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
42 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
43
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
46
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
51
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
52 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
53
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
61 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
63 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14565 55609))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
208 the appropriate motion commands).
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
209
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
211
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
214 with an empty log." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
215
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
313
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
321
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
324 `separate' attribute set.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
325
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
330
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
341 options.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
342
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
345
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
350
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
354
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
360 align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
361
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
369
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
376 to be colored." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
377
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
380
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
381 ;;;***
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
382
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14546 48005))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
406
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
414
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
415 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
416
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14563 8413))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
460 put in the appointments list.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
461 02/23/89
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
462 12:00pm lunch
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
463 Wednesday
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
464 10:00am group meeting
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
473 ;;;;;; 43647))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
478
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
480
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
518 ;;;;;; 44524))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 Variables you assign:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 Variables which are calculated:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
606 ;;;;;; 393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
633 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
637 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
640 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
645 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
647
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
648 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
649 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
650
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
651 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
652
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
654 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
662 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
667 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
668 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
669 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
670
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
671 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
678 ;;;;;; (14563 8438))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
696 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
697 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
700 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
701 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
702
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
703 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
704 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
705
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
706 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
707 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
708
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
709 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
710 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
711
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
712 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
713
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
714 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
715
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
738 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
739 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
742 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
743 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
744 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
746 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
747
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
748 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
749
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
750 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
751
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 Effects of the different modes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
779 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
780 ;;;;;; 45178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
795 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
818 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
823 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
835 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
836 ;;;;;; 9460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
941 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
1063 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1322 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1323 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1512 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1524 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1526
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1527 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1528 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1529 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1530 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1531
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1532 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1533 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1534 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1535 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1536
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1537 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1538 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1539
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1540 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1541 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1542 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1543 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1544 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1545 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1546 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1547
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1548 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1549 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1550 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1551 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1552 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1553
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1554 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1555
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1559 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14564 35790))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1635 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1645 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1646 ;;;;;; 60346))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1647 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1648
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1649 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1650 Run the pocket calculator.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1651 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1652
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1653 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1654
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1664 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1665 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1666 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1667 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1668 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1669 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1670 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1671 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1712 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1713 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1714 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1715
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1783 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1784 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1785
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1786 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1787
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1788 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1789
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1790 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1791
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1929 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2144 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2255 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2265 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2266
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2267 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2268 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2269 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2270 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2271 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2272
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2273 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2274 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2275 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2291 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2292 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2293
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2294 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2295
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2305 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2306 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
2315 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
2361 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2496 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2525 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2543 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2544 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 \\{command-history-map}
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2552
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2553 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2554 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14533 31536))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
2574 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2582 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2599 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2600 ;;;;;; 44845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2616 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2660 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2661 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2662 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14535 44845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2683 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2684 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2685 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2686
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2687 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2688
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2689 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2690 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2691 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2692
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2693 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2694
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2695 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2696 Send COMMAND to current process.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2697 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2698 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2699
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2700 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2701 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2702 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2703 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2704
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2708 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
2731 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14569 2479))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2763 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2805 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2806 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 negative means move back to previous error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2862 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
2887 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2896 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2897 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
2898 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2899 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2900
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2901 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2902 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2903 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2904 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2905 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2906
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2907 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2908
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2909 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2910 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2911 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2912 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2913 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2914 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2915 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2916 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2917 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2918
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2919 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2920 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2921 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2922 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2923 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2924
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2925 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2926 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2927 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2928
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2929 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2930 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2931 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2932 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2933 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2934 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2935 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2936 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2937 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2938 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2939
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2940 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2941 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2942
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2943 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2944
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2945 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2946 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2947
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2948 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2949 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2950
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2951 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2952 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2953
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2954 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2955
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2956 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2957 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2958 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2959 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2960
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2961 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2962 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2963 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2964
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2965 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2966 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2967 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2968
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2969 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2970 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2971
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2972 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2973 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2974
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2975 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2976 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2977
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2978 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2979 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2980
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2981 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2982 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2983 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2984
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2985 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2986 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2987 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2988
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2989 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2990 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2991 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2992
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2993 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2994 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2995
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2996 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2997 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2998 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2999 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3000 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3001 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3002 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3003 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3004
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3005 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3006 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3007
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3008 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3009 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3010
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3011 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3012 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3013
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3014 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3015 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3016
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3017 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3018
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3019 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3020 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3021
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3022 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3023 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3024 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3025
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3026 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3027
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3028 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3029
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3030 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3031 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3032 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3033
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3034 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3035
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3036 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3037 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3038
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3039 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3040 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3041
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3042 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3043 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3044 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3045 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3046 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3047
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3048 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3049 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3050
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3051 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3052 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3053
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3054 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3055 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3056 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3057 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3058 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3059 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3060 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3061 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3062
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3063 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3064 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3065 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3066 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3067
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3068 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3069
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3070 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3071
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3072 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3073 Compose last characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3074 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3075 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3076 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3077 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3078 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3079 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3080 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3081
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3082 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3083 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3084 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3085
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3086 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3087 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3088 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3089
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3090 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3091
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3093 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
3115 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3131 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
3302 ;;;;;; (14568 36509))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3317 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3338 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3339 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3341
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3342 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3343 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3344 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3345 single prompt, optionally using completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3346
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3347 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3348 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3349 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3350 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3351
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3352 The default value for the separator character is the value of
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3353 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3354 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3355
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3356 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3357 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3358 'bob', and 'eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3359
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3360 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3361 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3362 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3363
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3364 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3365
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3366 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3367 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3368 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3369
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3370 ;;;***
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3371
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3380 ;;;;;; (14599 11147))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3391 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3392
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3393 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3408 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3409
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3410 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3424 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3425
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3426 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3449 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3466 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3513 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3514
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3515 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3516 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3517 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3518 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3532 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3539 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3549 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3553 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3559 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3560 ;;;;;; (14552 48684))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3561 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3562
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3563 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3564 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3565
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3566 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3567
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3568 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3569 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3571
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3572 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3573 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3574
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3575 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3576 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3577 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3578
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3579 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3580
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3581 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3582 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3583
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3584 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3585 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3586
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3587 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3588 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3589
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3590 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3591
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3592 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3593
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3597 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3601 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3604 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3606 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3607 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3609 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3610 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3612 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3613 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3615 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3616 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3617 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3618 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3620 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3621 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
3629 ;;;;;; (14568 46430))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3675 ;;;;;; 38927))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
3797 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3826 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3851 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3853
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3854 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3855 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3856
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3857 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3858
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3859 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3860 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3861
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3862 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3863
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3864 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3865
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3866 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3867 ;;;;;; 12112))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3869
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3870 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3871 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3872 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3873 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3874 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3875 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3876
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3877 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3878
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3879 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3880
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3881 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3882 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3883 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3884 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3885 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3886 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3887 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3888 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3889 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3890 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3891 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3892 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3893 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3894 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3895 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3896 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3897 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3898
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3899 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3900
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3901 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3902 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3903 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3904 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3905 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3906 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3907 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3908 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3909
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3910 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3911 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3912
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3913 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3914
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3916 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3919 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3923 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3931 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3943 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3944 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3948 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
3956 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3977 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3984 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3985 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3988 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3989 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3992 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3993 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3994 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3997 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3998 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3999 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4002 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4005 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4009 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4034 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4069 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4092 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4093 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4095
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4096 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4097 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4098 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4099 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4100 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4101 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4102
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4103 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4104 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4105 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4106
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4107 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4108
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
4113 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14600 27076))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4117 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4125 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4131 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4134 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4135 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4208 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4209 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4210 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4211 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4212 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4213 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4214 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4215 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4216 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4217 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4261 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4262 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4263 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4264
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4270 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4271
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4272 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4273 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4275 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4375 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4376 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4377 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4378 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4379 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4380 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4381 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4382 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4383
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4388 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4431 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4443 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4462 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4478 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4547 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4552 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4566 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4574 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4575 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4578 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4579 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4581 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4582
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4583 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4584
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4585 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4586
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4596 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4605 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4613 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4614 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4615 ;;;;;; (14552 48943))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4618 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4619
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4620 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 Define a new minor mode MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4626 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630 in order to build a valid keymap.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4631 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4632 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4634 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4635
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4636 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4637
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4638 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4639 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4640
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4641 The arguments to this command are as follow:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4642
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4643 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4644 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4645 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4646 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4647 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4648 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4649 hooks for the new mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4650
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4651 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4652
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4653 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4654
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4655 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4656 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4657 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4658
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4659 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4660 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4661
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4662 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4663 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4664 (setq case-fold-search nil))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4665
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4666 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4667 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4668
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4672 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14574
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4673 ;;;;;; 18612))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4711 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 :suffix NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4747
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4749 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4764 :help HELP
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4765
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4766 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4767
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4783 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4784 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4785 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4786 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4787
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4788 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4789 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4790 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4798 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4799 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4800 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4801 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4803
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4804 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4805 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4806
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4807 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4808 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4809
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4810 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4811 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4812 it to the printer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4813
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4814 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4815 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4816 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4817 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4818
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4819 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4820 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4821 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4822
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4823 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4824 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4825 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4826 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4827
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4828 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4829
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4830 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4831 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4832 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4833
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4834 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4835
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4836 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4837 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4838
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4839 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4840 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4841
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4842 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4843
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4844 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4845 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4846
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4847 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4848 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4849 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4850 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4851
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4852 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4853
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4854 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4855 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4856
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4857 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4858 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4859
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4860 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4861
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4862 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4863 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4864
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4865 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4866 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4867 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4868 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4869
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4870 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4871
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4872 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4873
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4874 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4875 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4876
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4877 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4878 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4879
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4880 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4881 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4882
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4883 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4884 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4885
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4886 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4887 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4888
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4889 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4890 Set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4891
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4892 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4893
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4894 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4895 Reset current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4896
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4897 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4898
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4899 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4900 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4901
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4902 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4903
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4904 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4905 Pop a style and set it to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4906
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4907 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4908
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4909 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4910
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4911 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4912 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4913 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14597
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4914 ;;;;;; 60306))
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4916
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4917 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4918 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4919 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4920 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4921 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4922 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4923
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4924 Tree mode key bindings:
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
4925 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4926
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4927 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4928 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4929
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4930 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4931
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4932 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4933 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4934 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4935 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4936
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4937 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4938 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4939 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4940
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4941 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4942 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4943 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4944 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4945
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4946 ;;;***
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4947
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4948 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4949 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4950 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4972 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4982 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5002 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5025 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5050 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5051 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5058 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5064 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5071 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5072 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5078 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5080 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5086 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5093 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5117 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5124 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5154 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5158 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5159 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5160 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5161 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5162 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5174 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5186 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5188 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5189 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5190 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5191
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5192 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5193
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5194 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5195
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5197 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5198
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5199 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5200
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5201 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5202
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5203 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5204
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5205 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5206
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5208 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5212 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5214 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5219 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5228 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5236 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5238 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5242 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5280 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5289 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5322 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5353 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5354 ;;;;;; 17971))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5355 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5356
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5357 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5358 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5359
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5360 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5361 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5362
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5363 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5364
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5365 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5366
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5368 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5378 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5411 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5424 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5476 ;;;;;; (14516 181))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
5494 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5516 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5536 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5537 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14600
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5538 ;;;;;; 21015))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5548 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5549 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5550 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5551 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5552
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5627 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5641 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5773 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5928 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5929 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5930 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5932
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5933 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5934 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5935 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5936 server for future sessions." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5937
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5938 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5939 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5940
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5941 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5942 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5943
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5944 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5945 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5946 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5947 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5948 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5949 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5950 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5951 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5952 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5953 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5954 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5955 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5956
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5957 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5958 Display a form to query the directory server.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5959 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5960 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5961
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5962 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5963 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5964 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5965
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5966 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5967
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5968 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5969
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5971 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5972 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5973 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5974
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5975 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5976 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5977
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5978 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5979 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5980
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5981 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5982 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5983
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5984 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5985 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5986
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5987 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5988 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5989
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5990 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5991
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5992 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5993 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5995
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5996 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5997 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5998 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5999
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6000 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6001 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6002
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6003 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6004
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6006 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6008
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6009 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6010 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6011
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6012 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6013
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6015 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6032 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14546 35423))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
6137 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 Menu keymap for background colors")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6157 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6162 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6167 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6177 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6178
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6179 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6267 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6303 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6304 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6335 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6342 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6343 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6363 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6386 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6403 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6446 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 - ff-case-fold-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 - ff-always-in-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 - ff-ignore-include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 - ff-always-try-to-create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 - ff-quiet-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 - ff-special-constructs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 - ff-other-file-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 - ff-search-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 - ff-pre-find-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496 - ff-pre-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499 - ff-post-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 - ff-not-found-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 - ff-file-created-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6521 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6604 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6605 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6607
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6608 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6609 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6610
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6611 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6612 Display FILE's commentary section.
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6613 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6614
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6615 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6616 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6617
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6618 ;;;***
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6619
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6621 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6639 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6678 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6745 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6746 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
6747 ;;;;;; (14546 54851))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6808 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6809 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6830 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6831 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6832
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6833 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6834 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6835
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6845 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6846 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6847 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6848 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6850 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6851
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6852 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6853
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6854 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6855
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6857 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6862 ;;;;;; (14551 28678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6863 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6871 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6872 compatibility.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6881 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6882 ;;;;;; 9680))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6884
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6885 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6886 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6887 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6888 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6889 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6890
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6891 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6892 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6893 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6894 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6895 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6896 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6897 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6898
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6899 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6900
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6902 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
6934 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 `comment-start'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6991 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6992 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6997 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6998 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6999 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7000 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7001 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7007 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7008 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7010 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7016 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7060 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
7061 ;;;;;; (14568 44804))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7063
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7064 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7065 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7066 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7067 at places they belong to." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7068
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7069 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7070
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7072 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7102 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7130 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7140 ;;;;;; 49293))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7146 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7150 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7158 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7168 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7171 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7174 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7176 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7177 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7183 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7193 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7208 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7226 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7235 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7242 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7247 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7255 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7275 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7291 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7301 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
7313 ;;;;;; (14599 26515))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7359 ;;;;;; 23942))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7374 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
7375 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7379 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7380
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7381 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7382 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7383 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7384 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7385
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7386 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7387
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7388 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7389 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7390 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7391 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7392 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7393
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7394 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7395
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7396 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7397 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7410 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
7422 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7426 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7427 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7428 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7429 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7444 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7462 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7466 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7474 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7482 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7487 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7488 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7490 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7492 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7493 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7495 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7500 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7504 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7505 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7510 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7513 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7514 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7515
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7526 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7529 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7530 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7531 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7532 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7534 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7535 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7536 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7538 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7551 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7557 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7560 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7564 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7565
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7566 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7568 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7569 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7570
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7571 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7572 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7573
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7574 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7575 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7576
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7577 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7578 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7579 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7580 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7581 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7582
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7583 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7584 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7585
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7586 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7587 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7588
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7589 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7590 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7591 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7593 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7594 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7595 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7596 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7597 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7598 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7600 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7601 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7602 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7604 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7605 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7606
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7607 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7608
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7617 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7620 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7621
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7623 Remove the change face from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7624 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7627 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629 Without an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7630 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7631 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7632 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634 With an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7635 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7636 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7637 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7641 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7645 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7646 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653 Hook variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7654 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7670 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7671 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7674 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 buffer to be saved):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7680 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683 and not in read-only mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686 when called interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7696 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7697 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7699 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7700 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7701 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7702 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7703 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7705 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7706 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7707 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7708 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7709 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7713 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7714 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7721 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7722 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7767 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7769 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7770 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7772 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7773
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7775 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7777
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7778 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7779 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7781 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7782
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7783 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7784
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7785 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7786
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7787 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7788 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7789
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7790 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7791 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7792 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7793
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7794 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7795
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7811 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7815 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7818 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7821 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7826 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7831 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7839 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7844 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7866 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7867 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7869 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7870 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7872 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7873 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7875 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7876
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7877 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7878 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7880
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7881 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7882 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7883 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7884 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7885
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7886 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7887 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7888 separate frames.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7889
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7890 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7891
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7892 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7893 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7894 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7895
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7896 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7897
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7898 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7899
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7900 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7901 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7903
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7904 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7905 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7906
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7907 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7908
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7909 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7910 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7911 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7912 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7913
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7914 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7915 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7916 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7917 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7918
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7919 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7920
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7921 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7922 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7923 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7924
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7925 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7926
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7927 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7928 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7929 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7930 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7931 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7932
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7933 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7934 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7935 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7936
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7937 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7938 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7939 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7940 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7941 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7942 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7943 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7944 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7945 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7946
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7947 3. Completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7948 ----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7949 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7950 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7951 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7952 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7953 upper case.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7954
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7955 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7956 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7957 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7958 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7959
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7960 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7961 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7962 \\c CASE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7963 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7964 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7965 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7966 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7967 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7968 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7969
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7970 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7971 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7972
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7973 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7974 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7975 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7976
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7977 5. Automatic Case Conversion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7978 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7979 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7980 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7981
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7982 6. Automatic END completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7983 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7984 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7985 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7986
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7987 7. Hooks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7988 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7989 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7990 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7991
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7992 8. Documentation and Customization
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7993 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7994 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7995 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7996 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7997 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7998 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7999
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8000 9. Keybindings
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8001 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8002 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8003 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8004 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8005
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8006 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8007
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8008 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8009
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8012 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8014 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8015 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8018 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8020 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8021 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8022 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14598 54652))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8025 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8026 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8027 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8028 be determined." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8029
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8030 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8032 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8033 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8036 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8040 Create an image.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8041 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8043 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8044 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8045 use its file extension.as image type.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8046 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8047 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8048 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8049 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8051 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8052 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8053 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8054 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8055 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8056 image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8057 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8061 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8065 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8066 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8069 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8070 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8072 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8074 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8075 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8076
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8077 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8078 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8079
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8080 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8081 documentation string.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8082
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8083 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8084 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8085 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8086 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8087 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8088 string containing the actual image data. The first image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8089 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8090 define SYMBOL." nil nil)
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8091
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8092 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8093 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8095 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8096 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8098 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8099 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8100 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8101 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8102 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8103 string containing the actual image data. The first image
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8104 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8105 define SYMBOL.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8107 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8109 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8112 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8115 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8159 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8163 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8165 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8167 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8175 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8180 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8186 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8188 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8190 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8196 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8198 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8199 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8201 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8203 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8216 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8217 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8218
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8219 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8220 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8221
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8222 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8223 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8224 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8225 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8226
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8227 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8228
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8229 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8230
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8231 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8232 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8233 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8249 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8257 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8266 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8284 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8285 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8286 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8287 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8289 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8291 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8292 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8294 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8295 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8296 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8297 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8298 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8299 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8300 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8301 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8302 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8306 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8308 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8309 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8310 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14581 64356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8313 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8314 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8317 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8318 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8319 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8320 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8321 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8322 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8328 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8329 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8336 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8337 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8338
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8345 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8346 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8352 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8353 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8354 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
8360 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8366 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8367 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8372 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8373 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8374 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8375
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8376 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8378 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8379 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8380 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8381 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8382 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8383 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8384
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8385 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8388 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8390 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8391 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8396 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8407 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8428 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8429 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8435 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8440 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8443 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8446 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8447 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8451 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8464 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8466 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8472 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8473 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8474 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8477 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8483 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8496 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8498 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8504 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8505 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8507 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8508 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8509 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8510 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8511 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8513 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8514 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8515 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8517 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8518
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8519 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8520 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8521 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8522 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8523 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8524
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8525 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8526 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8527 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8528 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8529 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8530
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8531 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8535 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8543 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8555 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8556 ;;;;;; (14587 2706))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8558
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8559 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8560 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8561
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8562 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8563 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8564
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8565 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8566 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8567
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8568 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8569 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8571 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8573 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8574 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8577 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8581 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8583 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8585 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8587 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8592 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8595 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8637 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8644
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8645 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8646
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8647 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8648
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8649 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8650
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8651 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8652
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8653 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8656 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8658 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8659 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8660 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8685 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8688 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8690 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8691 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8692
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8693 return values:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8694 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8695 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8696 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8697 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8698 quit spell session exited." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8705 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8734 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8738 Return nil if spell session is quit,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8739 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8760 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8761 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8762 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8764 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8765 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8767 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8768 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8770 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8771 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8772 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8773 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8775 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8784 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8786 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8794 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14586 61846))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8798 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8799 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8800 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8802 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8805 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8806 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8809 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8839 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8845 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8853 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8887 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
8899 ;;;;;; (14577 45436))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8903 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8939 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8940 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8942
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8943 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8944 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8946 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8947
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8948 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8949
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8950 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8952 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8953 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8954 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8967 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8970 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8971 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8972 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8975 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8987 ;;;;;; 39823))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8990 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8991 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8992 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9001 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9004 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9005 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9016 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9038 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9039 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9040 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9044 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9045 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9046 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9047 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9050 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9051 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9052
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9053 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9054
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9055 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9056 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9057 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9058 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9059 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9060 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9061
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9062 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9063 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9064
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9065 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9066 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9067
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9068 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9069 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9070 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9071 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9072 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9073
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9074 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9075
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
9079 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9139 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9168 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9179 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9180 ;;;;;; 16155))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9183 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9184 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9185 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9190 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9191 ;;;;;; (14563 8348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9192 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9195 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9196 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9198 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9199 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9200
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9201 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9202 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9205
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14559 17354))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9208
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9209 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9210 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9211 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9212 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9213 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9214 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9215 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9216 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9217
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9218 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9219
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14552
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9221 ;;;;;; 48685))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9223
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9224 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9225 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9226
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9227 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9228
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9230 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9231 ;;;;;; 22518))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9259 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9260 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9266 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9267 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9268 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9269 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9271 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9272 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9273
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9274 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9275 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9276 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9277 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9278
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9279 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9280 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9281
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9282 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9283 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9286 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9287 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9288 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9291 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9292
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9293 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9294 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9295 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9296 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9297
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9298 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9299 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9300
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9301 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9302 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9330 ;;;;;; 30919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9341 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9422 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9425 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9431 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9448 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9466 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9467
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9468 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9469 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
9470 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
9471 ;;;;;; 36191))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9475 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9476 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9477 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9480
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9481 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9482 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9483 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9484 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9485
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9486 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9487 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9488 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9489 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9490
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9491 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9492 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9493 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9494 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9495
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9499 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9503 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
9506 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9523 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9524 ;;;;;; 15646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9562 ;;;;;; (14570 19448))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9588 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9589 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9593 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9622 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9627 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9634 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9635 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9636 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9639 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9641 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9642 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9651 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14583 33482))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9677 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9691 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9693 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9696 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9697 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9699 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9702 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9704 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9705 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9706 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9711 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9715 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9721 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9746 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9753 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9754 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9827 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9850 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9870 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9872 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
9886 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14600 36202))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
9943 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
9944 ;;;;;; 63447))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9948 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9979 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10011 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10041 ;;;;;; 2283))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10089 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14555 52300))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093 Toggle msb-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10110 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10111 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10112 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10113 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14551 28679))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10119 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10120 for internal Emacs use.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10121
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10122 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10123 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10124 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10125 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10126 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10127
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10128 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10129 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10130 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10131 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10136 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10137 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10138 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10139 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10140 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10141
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10142 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10143 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10144 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10145 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10146 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10147
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10148 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10149 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10150
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10155 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159 at the place of `..':
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10166 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10170 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10171 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10172 `default-process-coding-system' for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10173 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10174 `default-process-coding-system' for write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10177 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10178 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10185 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10187 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10188 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10189
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194 Display information of FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 contained in FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201 frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 o -- font already opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 - -- font not yet opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 x -- font can't be opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 ? -- no font specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10240 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10245 ;;;;;; (14568 36382))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10252 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10253 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10254
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10255 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10256 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10259 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10263 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10267 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10278 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10279 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10280
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10281 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10282 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10283 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10284
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10285 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10286 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10287 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10321 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10339 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10340
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10341 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10342 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10343
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10344 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10345 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10346
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10347 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10348
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10350 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10351 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10352 ;;;;;; (14564 29931))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10359 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10383 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10384 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10385
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10405 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10408 ;;;;;; 49432))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10421 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10430 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10439 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10440 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10443 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10449 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10455 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10456 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10458 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10459 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10461 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10463 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10464 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10474 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10475 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10476 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10481 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10483 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10486 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10489 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10490 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10493 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10499 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10511 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10529 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10531 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
10532 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10538 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10549 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10550 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10551 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10553 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10555 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10556 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10558 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10565 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10568 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10569 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10572 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10596 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10607 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10611 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10626 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10629 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10633 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10646 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10649 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10650 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10652 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10675 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10676 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10677 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10678 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10679 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10680 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10686 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10689 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10697 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10700 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10701 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10702 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10703 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10705 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10706
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10707 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10708
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10709 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10710
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10721 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10722 ;;;;;; 63078))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10773 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10789 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10808 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10830 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10831 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10832 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10834 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10835 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10836 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10837 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10838 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10839 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10840 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10842 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10843 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10844 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10849 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10851 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10854
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10855 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10856 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14552 48942))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10858
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10859 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10860 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10861 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10862 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10863
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10864 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10865
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10866 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10867 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10868 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10869 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10870 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10871 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10872 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10873 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10874
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10875 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10876 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10877 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10878 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10879 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10880 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10881
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10882 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10883 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10884 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10885 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10886 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10887 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10888 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10889
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10890 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10891
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10892 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10893 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10894 NIL means never do it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10895 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10896 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10897 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10898
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10899 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10900
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10901 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10902
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10905
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10906 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10907
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10908 ;;;***
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10909
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10910 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10911 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10938 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10960 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10963 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10985 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10986 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10987 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10988 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10989 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10990 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10991 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10992 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10993 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10994 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11003 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11004 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11007 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11008 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11010 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11015 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11016 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11017 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11018 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11019 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11020 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11021 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11023 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11025 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11026 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11028 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11032 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11034
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11035 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11036 Play pong and waste time.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11037 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11038 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11039
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11040 pong-mode keybindings:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11041 \\<pong-mode-map>
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11042
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11043 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11044
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11045 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11046
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11048 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11061 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11063 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11064 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11065 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11066 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11070 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11071 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11074 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11075 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11097 ;;;;;; 3795))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11099
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11100 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11101 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11102
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11103 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11104
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11105 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11106 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11108 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11109 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11110 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11111 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11112 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11113 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11114 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11115 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11116 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11117 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11118 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11119
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11120 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11121
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11122
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11123 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11124
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11125
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11126 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11127 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11128 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11129
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11130 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11131
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11132
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11133 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11134 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11135 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11136 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11137 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11138 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11139
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11140 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11141
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11143 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11144 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
11145 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14588 21278))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11147
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11148 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11149 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11150
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11151 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11152
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11153 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11154 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11155 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11156 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11157 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11158 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11159 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11160 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11161
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11162 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11163 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11164 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11165 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11166 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11167 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11168 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11169
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11170 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11171 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11172 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11173 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11174 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11175 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11176 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11177 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11178 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11179 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11180 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11181
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11182 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11183 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11184 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11185 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11186 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11187 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11188
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11189 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11190
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11191 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11192 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11193 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11195 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11197 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11198 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11200 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11202 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11204 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11206 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11208 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11209 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11210
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11211 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11212 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11213
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11214 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11215 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11216
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11217 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11218
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11219 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11220
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11221 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11222
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11223 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11224 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11225
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11226 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11227 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11229 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11230 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11231 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11233 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11235 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11237 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11238 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11239 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11240 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11241 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
11242 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14602 58229))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11245 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
11246 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11247 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11248 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11249
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11250 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11251 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11252
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11260 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11261 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11262 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11265 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11267 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11270 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11271 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11272 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11274 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11275 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11276 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11277 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11278 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11280 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11281 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11282 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11283 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11285 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11287 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11288 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11289 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11293 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11297 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11309 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11310 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11312 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11313 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11328 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11331 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11379 ;;;;;; (14551 28773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11394 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11460 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11461 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11463 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11485
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11486 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11487 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11488
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11492 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11497 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11498 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11499 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11500 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11501 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11502 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11503 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11504 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11506 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11507 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11509 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11510 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11511 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11513 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11525 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11536 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11537 ;;;;;; 7245))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11538 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11542 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11545 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11547 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11549 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11551 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11553 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11557 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11559 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11560 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11562 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11564 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11565 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11567 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11568 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11570 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11571 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11573 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11575 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11577 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11578 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11580 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11581
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11582 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11583 ;;;;;; 16808))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11586 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11587 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11588 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11590 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11591
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11592 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11593 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11595
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11596 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11597 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11598
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11599 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11600
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11601 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11602 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11603 ;;;;;; 49146))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11604 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11605
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11606 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11607 Toggle recentf mode.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11608 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11609 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11610
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11611 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11612 were operated on recently." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11613
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11614 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11615 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11616
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11617 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11618 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11619
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11620 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11621 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11622
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11623 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11624 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11625
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11626 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11627
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11629 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11630 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11631 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11632 ;;;;;; 23030))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11633 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11638 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11639
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11640 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11641 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11644 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11645 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11646 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11647 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11648
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11649 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11650 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11651 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11654 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11655 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11656
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11657 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11658 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11659 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11662 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11663 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11666 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11667
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11668 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11669 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11670
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11671 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11672 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11680 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11681 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11686 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11687
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11689 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11690
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11691 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11692 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11693 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11700 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11701
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11702 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11703 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11706 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11707
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11708 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11709 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11710 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11711
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11712 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11713 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11714
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11715 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11716 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11717 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11718
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11719 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11720 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11721 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11722
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11723 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11724
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11726 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11729 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11730 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11732 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11733 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11735 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11736 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11737
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11738 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11739 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11740 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11747 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11748 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11749 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11754 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11755 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11763 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11764
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11766 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11768
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11769 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11770 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11771 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11774 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11776 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11777
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11778 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11779
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11780 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11781 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11782 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11783 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11785 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11786 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11787 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11788 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11790 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11791
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11793 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11795
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11796 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11797 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11798 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11799
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11800 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11801 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11802 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11803
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11804 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11805
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11806 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11807 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11808 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11809 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11810 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11811
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11812 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11813 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11814
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11815 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11816
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11817 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11818
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11819 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11820
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11821 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11822
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11824 ;;;;;; (14564 29908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11827 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11828 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11829 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11832 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11834 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11835 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11838 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11839 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11840 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11843
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11844 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11847 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11848 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11849 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11850 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11851 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11853 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11854 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11855 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11857 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11859 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11860 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11862
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11863 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11864 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11865
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11866 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11867 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11868 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11869
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11870 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11871 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11872 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11873 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11874 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11875
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11876 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11877 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11878
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11879 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11880 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11881 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11882 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11887 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11897 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11898 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11900 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11901 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11902 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11903 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11904 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11905 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11906 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11907 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11908 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11922 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11933 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11952 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
11977 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
11978 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
11979 ;;;;;; rmail-delete-after-output rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
11980 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
11981 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14599
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
11982 ;;;;;; 11221))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12027 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12028 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12029 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12040 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12041 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12042
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12052 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12053 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12054
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12060 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12061 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12063 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12075 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12084 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12085 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12086 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12088 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12089 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12090 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12092 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12093 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12094 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12095 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12096 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12098 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12099 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12100 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12101 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12103 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12110 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12111 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12112 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12115 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12116 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12117 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12118 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12119 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12120 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12121 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12122 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12125 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12126 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12127 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12128 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12129 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12133 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12137 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12138 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12139 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12140 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12141 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12142 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12143 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12148 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12151 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12152 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12154 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12155 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12157 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12158 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12160 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12162 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12163 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12166 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12167 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12169 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12172 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12173 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12176 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12177 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12178 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12180 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12181 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12184 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12188 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12189 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12190 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12192 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12195 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12196 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12200 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12201 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12206 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12207 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12213 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12218 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12267 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12268 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12277 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12302 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12303 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12304 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12305 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
12306 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14597 48840))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12330 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12331 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12335 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12336 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12337 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12338 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12339 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12343 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12346 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12347 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12349 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12350
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12351 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12352 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12353 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12354 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12355 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12356 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12357 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12358
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12359 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12360 sent by you under different user names.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12361 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12362
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12363 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12364
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12368 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12379 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12392 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12394 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12398 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12405 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12408 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12411 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12414 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12416 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12417 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12419 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12420 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12425 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12430 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12434 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12436 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12439 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12440 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12442 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12443 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12444 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12446 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12447 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12448 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12452 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12453 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12456 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12461 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12464 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12465 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12466 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12468 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12470 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12471
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12473 ;;;;;; 55098))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12476 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12477 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12478 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12481 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12483 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12484 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12486 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12487 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12489 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12490 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12491 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12493 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12495 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12496 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12497 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12498 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
12499 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14588 18519))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12505 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12511 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12512 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12513
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12514 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12515 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12516 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12517 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12518
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12519 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12520 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12521 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12522
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12523 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12524 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12526 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12527 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12528 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12531 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12535 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12536 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12544 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12586 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12595 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12605 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12659 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12674 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12710 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12711 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12719 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12736 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12768 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12769 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12770 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12771 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12772 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12773 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12774 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12775
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12776
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12781 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12782 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12788 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12800 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12829 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12838 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12839 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12840 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12845 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12871 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12875 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12876 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12882 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12891 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12892 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12902 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12944 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12976 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12993 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13000 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13035 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13036 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
13052 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
13053 ;;;;;; 48942))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13054 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13055
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13056 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13057 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13058 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13059
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13060 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13061
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13063 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13070 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13083 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13086 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13087 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13089 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13092
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13093 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13094 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13100 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13111 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13120 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13121 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13143 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13149 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13181 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13196 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13256 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13320 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13321 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13322 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
13379 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14598 31838))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13400 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13429 ;;;;;; 43485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13441 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13445 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 entry function you want to use regularly:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13492 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13523 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
13537 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13609 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13638 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13657 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13665 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13686 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13687 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13689
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13690 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13691 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13692 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13693 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13694 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13695 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13696
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13697 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13698 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13699 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13700 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13701 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13702
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13703 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13704 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13705 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13706 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13707 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13708 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13709 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13710 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13711 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13712 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13713 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13714 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13715 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13716 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13717 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13718
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13719 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13720 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13721 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13722 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13723
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13724 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13725 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13726
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13727 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13728 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13729 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13730 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13731
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13732 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13733 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13734 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13735
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13736 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13737
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13738 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13739 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13752 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13758 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13759 ;;;;;; 17354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13777 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13778 ;;;;;; 10588))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13807 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13812 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13821 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13829 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13843 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13929 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13936 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13942 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14023 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14091 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14125 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14135 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14192 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14193 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14199 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14239 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14244 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14247 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14266 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14267 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14268 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14269 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14270 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14271
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14272 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14274 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14276 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14277 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14278 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14281 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14282 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14284 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14285 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14286 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14287 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14288 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14290 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14291 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14293 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14294 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14296 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14297 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14298 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14299 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14300 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14302 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14303 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14304
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14305 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14306
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14307 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14308
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14309 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14310
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14311 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14312
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14313 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14315 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14316 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14317 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14318 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14319 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14568 36412))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14320 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14322 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14323
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14324 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14325 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14326 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14327
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14328 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14329 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14330
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14331 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14332 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14333 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14335 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14336 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14338 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14339 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14340
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14341 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14342
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14343 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14344
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14345 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14347 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14348 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14349 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14351 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14352 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14353 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14355 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14357 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14359 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14360
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14361 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14362 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14364
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14365 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14366 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14367 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14368 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14369 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14370 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14371
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14372 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14373 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14374 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14375 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14376 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14377 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14378
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14379 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14380
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14381 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
14382 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14526 14916))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14385 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14386 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14388 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14389
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14390 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14391
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14392 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14393
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14394 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14395 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14402 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14413 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14416 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14420 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14426 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14427 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14428 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14429 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14430 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14431 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14432 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14433 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14434 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14437 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14438 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14440 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14442 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14444 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14445 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14449 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14450 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14452 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14453 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14455 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14456 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14457 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14458 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14459 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14460 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14464 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14467 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14470 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14476 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14477 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14479 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14480 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14481 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14482 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14483 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14485 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14486 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14488 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14489 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14490 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14491 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14492 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14493 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14494 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14495 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14496 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14500 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14501 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14504 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14505 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14506 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14507 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14520 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14522 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14523 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14524 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14526 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14527 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14528 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14529 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14530 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14532 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14533 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14534 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14535 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14536 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14538 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14539 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14541 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14547 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14548 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14549 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14551 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14553 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14554 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14559 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14561 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14562 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14564 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14565
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14566 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14567
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14568 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14569
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14570 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14571
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14572 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14573 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14585 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14586 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14589 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14590 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14592 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14593 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14595 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14596 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14598 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14599
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14600 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14603 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14604 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14605 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14606 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14607 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14609 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14611 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14612 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14615 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14616 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14618 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14619 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14620 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14621 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14622 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14623 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14624 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14625 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14627 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14628 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14629 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14630 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14631 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14632 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14633 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14635 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14637 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14638 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14652 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14653 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14659 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14668 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14670 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14671 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14672 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14673 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14675 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14677 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14680 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14681 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14682 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14683 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14685 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14686 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14687 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14689 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14691 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14693 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14695 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14696 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14698 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14699 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14706 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14708 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14709 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14710 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14712 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14713 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14714 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14715 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14716 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14717 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14719 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14720 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14721 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14722 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14724 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14727 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14731 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14734 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14736 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14737 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14738 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14739 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14740 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14742 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14743 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14745 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14746 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14747 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14749 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14750 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14751 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14757 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14761 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14762 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14781 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14782 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14784 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14785 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14786 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14790 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14791 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14793 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14794 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14796 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14799 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14800 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14824 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14829 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14835 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14840 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14845 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14846 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14847 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14849 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14860 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14861 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14867 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14868 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14869 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14871 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14872 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14874 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14876 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14877 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14878 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14880 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14881 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14882 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14883 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14884 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14885 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14886 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14887 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14888 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14890 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14899 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14901 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14902 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14903 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14904 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14905 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14906 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14907 ;;;;;; 59735))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14910 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14918 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14919 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14924 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936 it will operate on the file in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14937 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14938 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14939 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14940 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14941 lock steals will raise an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14942 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14944 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14946 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14948 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14949 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14950 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14951 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14952 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14955 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14960 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14961 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14962 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14963 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14964 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14966 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14967 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14968 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14969 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14971 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14972 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14974 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14975 Display diffs between file versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14976 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14977 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14978 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14979 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14981 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14982 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14983 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14984 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14986 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14987 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14988 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14989 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14991 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14993 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14994 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14995 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14997 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14999 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15000 Make a snapshot called NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15001 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15002 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15003 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15005 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15006 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15007 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15008 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15009 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15010 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15011 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15013 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15014 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15016 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15017 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15018 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15019 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15020 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15021 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15023 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15024 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15025 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15027 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15028 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15030 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15031 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15032 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15033 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15034 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15036 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15038 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15039 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15040 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15042 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15043 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15044 default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15046 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15047 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15048 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15049 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15051 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15052 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15053 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15054 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15056 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15058 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15059 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15062 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15063 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15065 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15066 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15068 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15069 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15070 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15071 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15072 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15073 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15074 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15075 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15076 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15077 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15078 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15079 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15080 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15081 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15082 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15083 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15084 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15085 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15086 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15088 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15089 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15090 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15092 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15093 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15094 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15095 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15096 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15097 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15098 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15099 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15100 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15102 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15103 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15104 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15105 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15106 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15107 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15108 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15109 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15111 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15112 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15113 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15115 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15116 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15117 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15118 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15119 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15120 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15121 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15122 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15123 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15125 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15126 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15127 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15128 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15129 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15130 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15131 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15132 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15133 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15134 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15135 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15137 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15138 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15139 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15140 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15141 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15144 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15156 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15158 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15159 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15160 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15161 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15162 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15166 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15167 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15168 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15172 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15174 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15175 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15180 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15181 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15182 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15183 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15185 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15186 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15192 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15193 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15195 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15196 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15197 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15198 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15199 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15201 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15202 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15203 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15204 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15205 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15206 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15208 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15209 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15210 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15211 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15212 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15213 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15214 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15215 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15216 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15217 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15218 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15220 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15221 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15222 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15225 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15227 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15228 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15229 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15230 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15231 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15233 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15234 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15235 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15236 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15237 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15238 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15240 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15244 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15253 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15256 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15257 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15258 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15260 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15261 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15262 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15264 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15265 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15266 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15268 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15269 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15270 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15272 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15273 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15274 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15275 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15276 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15277 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15278 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15280 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15281 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15282 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15283 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15284 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15286 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15287 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15288 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15304 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15305 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15309 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15327 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15328 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15330 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15332 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15333
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15334 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15337 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15338 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15339 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15340 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15342 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15343 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15344 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15345 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15346 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15348 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15349 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15351 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15353 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15354 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15355 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15356 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15357 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15359 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15360 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15361 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15362 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15363 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15364 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15365 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15366 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15367 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15368 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15370 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15371 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15372 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15373 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15374 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15375 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15376 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15377 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15378 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15380 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15382 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15384 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15385 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15386 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15387 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15388 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15390 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15391 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15393 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15394 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15396 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15397 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15398 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15399 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15401 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15402 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15404 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15405 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15406 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15407 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15409 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15410 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15412 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15414 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15416 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15419 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15420 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15421 ;;;;;; 6934))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15424 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15425 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15426 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15427 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15429 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15431 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15432 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15433 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15434 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15435 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15436 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15437 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15439 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15441 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15442 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15443 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15444 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15445 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15446 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15447 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15448 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15450 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15452 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15453 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15454 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15455 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15456 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15457 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15458 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15459 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15461 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15463 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15464 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15465 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15466 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15467 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15468 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15469 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15471 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15473 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15474 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15475 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15477 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15478 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15479 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15480 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15481 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15482 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15483 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15484 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15486 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15488 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15489 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15490 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15492 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15493 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15494 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15495 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15496 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15497 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15498 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15499 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15501 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15503 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15504 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15505 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15507 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15508 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15509 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15511 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15512 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15513 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15514 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15515 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15516 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15517 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15518 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15519 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15520 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15522 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15523 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15524 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15525 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15526 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15527 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15528 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15529 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15530 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15531 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15532 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15533 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15534 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15535 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15536 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15537 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15538 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15539 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15540 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15541 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15542 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15543 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15544 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15545 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15546 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15547 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15548 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15549 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15550 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15551 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15552 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15553 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15554 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15555 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15556 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15557 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15558 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15559 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15560 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15561 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15562 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15563 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15564 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15565 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15566 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15567 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15568 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15570 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15571 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15572 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15573 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15574 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15575 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15576 will return to that buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15578 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15580 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15581 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15582 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15583 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15584 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15585 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15586 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15588 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15589 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15590 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15591 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15592 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15593 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15594 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15595 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15596 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15597 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15599 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15601 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15603 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15604 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15606 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15608 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15611 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15612 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15614 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15616 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15617 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15620 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15621 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15622 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15624 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15625 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15627 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15628
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15632 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15633 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15635 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15636 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15638 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15639 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15641 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15644 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15647 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15648 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15650 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15652 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15654 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15656 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15658 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15659 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15660 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15661 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15663 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15664 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15666 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15667
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15668 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15669 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15670 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15671 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15672
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15673 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15674 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15675
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15676 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15677 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15678 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15679 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15680 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15681
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15682 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15683 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15684 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15685 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15686
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15687 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15688 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15689
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15690 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15691 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15692
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15693 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15694 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15695
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15696 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15697 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15698
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15699 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15700 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15701
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15702 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15703 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15704
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15705 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15706 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15707 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15708 replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15709 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15710 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15711
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15712 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15713
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15714 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15715 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15716
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15717 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15718 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15719 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15720 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15721 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15722
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15723 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15724 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15725
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15726 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15727 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15728 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15729 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15730
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15731 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15732 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15733 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15734
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15735 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15736 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15737 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15738 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15739 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15740 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15741 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15742 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15743
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15744 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15745 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15746
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15747 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15748 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15749 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15750
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15751 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15752
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15754 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15755 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15757 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15758 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15760 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15761 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15763 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15764 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15766 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15767 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15768 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15770 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15772 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15773 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15774 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15776 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15777 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15778 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15780 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15781 Create widget of TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15782 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15784 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15785 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15787 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15788
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15790 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15791 ;;;;;; 64331))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15793
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15794 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15795 Select the window to the left of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15796 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15797 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15798 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15799 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15800 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15801
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15802 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15803 Select the window above the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15804 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15805 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15806 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15807 negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15808 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15809
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15810 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15811 Select the window to the right of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15812 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15813 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15814 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15815 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15816 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15817
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15818 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15819 Select the window below the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15820 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15821 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15822 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15823 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15824 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15825
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15826 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15827 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15828
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15829 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15830
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15831 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15832 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15834
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15835 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15836 Toggle winner-mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15838 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15839
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15840 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15841
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15842 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15843
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15844 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15845 Toggle Winner mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15846 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15847
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15848 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15849
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15850 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15851 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15854 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15855 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15857 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15858 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15859 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15860 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15861 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15862 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15864 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15865 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15867 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15869 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15870 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15871 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15872 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15873 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15874 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15875 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15876 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15877 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15878 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15879 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15880 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15881 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15882 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15883 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15884 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15885 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15886 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15887 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15888 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15889 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15890 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15891 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15893 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15894 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15895 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15896 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15897 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15898 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15899 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15900 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15901 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15902 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15903 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15904 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15905 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15906 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15907 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15908 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15909 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15910 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15911 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15912 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15913 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15914 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15915 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15916 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15917 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15918 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15919 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15920 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15922 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15923 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15924 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15925 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15926 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15927 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15928 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15929 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15930 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15931 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15932 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15933 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15935 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15936 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15937 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15938 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15939 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15940 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15941 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15942 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15943 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15944 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15945 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15946 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15947 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15948 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15949 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15950 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15951 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15952 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15953 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15954 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15955 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15956 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15957 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15958 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15960 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15961
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15963 ;;;;;; 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15964 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15966 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15967 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15968 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15970 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15972 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15974 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15975 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15976 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15978 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15979 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15981 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15982 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15984 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15985 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15986 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15988 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15989 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15991 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15994 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15997 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15998 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15999
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16000 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16001 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16002
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16003 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16004
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16005 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16006 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16007
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16008 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16010 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16012 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16013 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16014 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16015 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16016 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16017 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here